<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Nt814</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Nt814"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Nt814"/>
	<updated>2026-05-20T18:05:15Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732882</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732882"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:29:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* H+ HF */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. However, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei. Finally transition state theory does not account for the recrossing of the transition state, as it assumes that anything that passes through the transition state will go to completion. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://goldbook.iupac.org/html/T/T06470.html&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy to identify overtone bands arising from molecules in higher vibrational states and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimeter), to measure heat released.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the initial conditions were identified, a range of conditions were explored with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values between 3 and -3 and values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74A and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.3 Angstrom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Trajectory !! Controur &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 ||  reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 13.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 15.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 14.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 16.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 17.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5  || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 18.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 19.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trend that is observed is that in order for the atoms to cross the energy barrier and the reaction to go to completion a certain amount of momentum is needed. This can be in either direction and the reaction goes to completion even if barrier recrossing is observed as is the case in some of the cases presented above. For the same initial position, the momentum were set as pFH = -0.8 pHH = 0.1 respectively. the reaction proceeded to go to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 20.png|400px|thumb|center|Energy surface graph for the conditions mentioned above.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===H+ HF===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions starting at the bottom of the entry channel were set, with very low vibrational motion on on the H - F bond pHF=2, rHF=0.75A, rHH=2.4A, pHH=-0.5. A reactive trajectory was determined by a process of trial and error by simultaneously keeping the momentum of the H-F diatom low and that of the hydrogen atom high. That produces a system of high translational energy. According to Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules,  favor the crossing of a late transition barrier, whereas translational energy is more effective than vibrational when the energy barrier is an early transition. This example illustrated these rules as an increase in the vibrational energy made for a more efficient reaction. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jz301649w&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. A reaction trajectory was determined where pHH= -0.1 and pF=6. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 21.png|400px|center|thumb|Reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732878</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732878"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:29:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* H+ HF */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. However, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei. Finally transition state theory does not account for the recrossing of the transition state, as it assumes that anything that passes through the transition state will go to completion. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://goldbook.iupac.org/html/T/T06470.html&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy to identify overtone bands arising from molecules in higher vibrational states and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimeter), to measure heat released.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the initial conditions were identified, a range of conditions were explored with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values between 3 and -3 and values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74A and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.3 Angstrom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Trajectory !! Controur &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 ||  reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 13.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 15.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 14.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 16.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 17.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5  || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 18.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 19.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trend that is observed is that in order for the atoms to cross the energy barrier and the reaction to go to completion a certain amount of momentum is needed. This can be in either direction and the reaction goes to completion even if barrier recrossing is observed as is the case in some of the cases presented above. For the same initial position, the momentum were set as pFH = -0.8 pHH = 0.1 respectively. the reaction proceeded to go to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 20.png|400px|thumb|center|Energy surface graph for the conditions mentioned above.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===H+ HF===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions starting at the bottom of the entry channel were set, with very low vibrational motion on on the H - F bond pHF=2, rHF=0.75A, rHH=2.4A, pHH=-0.5. A reactive trajectory was determined by a process of trial and error by simultaneously keeping the momentum of the H-F diatom low and that of the hydrogen atom high. That produces a system of high translational energy. According to Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules,  favor the crossing of a late transition barrier, whereas translational energy is more effective than vibrational when the energy barrier is an early transition. This example illustrated these rules as an increase in the vibrational energy made for a more efficient reaction. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jz301649w&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. A reaction trajectory was determined where pHH= -0.1 and pF=6. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 21.png|400px|center|Reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_21.png&amp;diff=732868</id>
		<title>File:Nt814 react1 21.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_21.png&amp;diff=732868"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:27:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732805</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732805"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:17:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* H+ HF */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. However, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei. Finally transition state theory does not account for the recrossing of the transition state, as it assumes that anything that passes through the transition state will go to completion. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://goldbook.iupac.org/html/T/T06470.html&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy to identify overtone bands arising from molecules in higher vibrational states and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimeter), to measure heat released.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the initial conditions were identified, a range of conditions were explored with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values between 3 and -3 and values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74A and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.3 Angstrom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Trajectory !! Controur &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 ||  reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 13.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 15.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 14.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 16.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 17.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5  || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 18.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 19.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trend that is observed is that in order for the atoms to cross the energy barrier and the reaction to go to completion a certain amount of momentum is needed. This can be in either direction and the reaction goes to completion even if barrier recrossing is observed as is the case in some of the cases presented above. For the same initial position, the momentum were set as pFH = -0.8 pHH = 0.1 respectively. the reaction proceeded to go to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 20.png|400px|thumb|center|Energy surface graph for the conditions mentioned above.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===H+ HF===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions starting at the bottom of the entry channel were set, with very low vibrational motion on on the H - F bond pHF=2, rHF=0.75A, rHH=2.4A, pHH=-0.5. A reactive trajectory was determined by a process of trial and error by simultaneously keeping the momentum of the H-F diatom low and that of the hydrogen atom high. That produces a system of high translational energy. According to Polanyi&#039;s empirical rules,  favor the crossing of a late transition barrier, whereas translational energy is more effective than vibrational when the energy barrier is an early transition. This example illustrated these rules as an increase in the vibrational energy made for a more efficient reaction. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jz301649w&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732770</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732770"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:05:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Transition state theory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. However, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei. Finally transition state theory does not account for the recrossing of the transition state, as it assumes that anything that passes through the transition state will go to completion. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://goldbook.iupac.org/html/T/T06470.html&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy to identify overtone bands arising from molecules in higher vibrational states and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimeter), to measure heat released.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the initial conditions were identified, a range of conditions were explored with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values between 3 and -3 and values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74A and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.3 Angstrom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Trajectory !! Controur &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 ||  reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 13.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 15.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 14.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 16.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 17.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5  || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 18.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 19.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trend that is observed is that in order for the atoms to cross the energy barrier and the reaction to go to completion a certain amount of momentum is needed. This can be in either direction and the reaction goes to completion even if barrier recrossing is observed as is the case in some of the cases presented above. For the same initial position, the momentum were set as pFH = -0.8 pHH = 0.1 respectively. the reaction proceeded to go to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 20.png|400px|thumb|center|Energy surface graph for the conditions mentioned above.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===H+ HF===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions starting at the bottom of the entry channel were set, with very low vibrational motion on on the H - F bond pHF=2, rHF=0.75A, rHH=2.4A, pHH=-0.5. A reactive trajectory was determined by a process of trial and error by simultaneously keeping the momentum of the H-F diatomlow and that of the hydrogen atom high. That produces a system of high translational energy&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732767</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732767"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T16:05:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Transition state theory */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. However, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei. Finally transition state theory does not account for the recrossing of the transition state, as it assumes that anything that passes through the transition state will go to completion. (&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://goldbook.iupac.org/html/T/T06470.html&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy to identify overtone bands arising from molecules in higher vibrational states and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimeter), to measure heat released.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the initial conditions were identified, a range of conditions were explored with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values between 3 and -3 and values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74A and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.3 Angstrom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Trajectory !! Controur &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 ||  reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 13.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 15.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 14.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 16.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 17.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5  || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 18.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 19.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trend that is observed is that in order for the atoms to cross the energy barrier and the reaction to go to completion a certain amount of momentum is needed. This can be in either direction and the reaction goes to completion even if barrier recrossing is observed as is the case in some of the cases presented above. For the same initial position, the momentum were set as pFH = -0.8 pHH = 0.1 respectively. the reaction proceeded to go to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 20.png|400px|thumb|center|Energy surface graph for the conditions mentioned above.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===H+ HF===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions starting at the bottom of the entry channel were set, with very low vibrational motion on on the H - F bond pHF=2, rHF=0.75A, rHH=2.4A, pHH=-0.5. A reactive trajectory was determined by a process of trial and error by simultaneously keeping the momentum of the H-F diatomlow and that of the hydrogen atom high. That produces a system of high translational energy&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732730</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732730"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:57:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* H+ HF */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy to identify overtone bands arising from molecules in higher vibrational states and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimeter), to measure heat released.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the initial conditions were identified, a range of conditions were explored with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values between 3 and -3 and values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74A and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.3 Angstrom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Trajectory !! Controur &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 ||  reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 13.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 15.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 14.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 16.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 17.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5  || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 18.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 19.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trend that is observed is that in order for the atoms to cross the energy barrier and the reaction to go to completion a certain amount of momentum is needed. This can be in either direction and the reaction goes to completion even if barrier recrossing is observed as is the case in some of the cases presented above. For the same initial position, the momentum were set as pFH = -0.8 pHH = 0.1 respectively. the reaction proceeded to go to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 20.png|400px|thumb|center|Energy surface graph for the conditions mentioned above.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===H+ HF===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Initial conditions starting at the bottom of the entry channel were set, with very low vibrational motion on on the H - F bond pHF=2, rHF=0.75A, rHH=2.4A, pHH=-0.5. A reactive trajectory was determined by a process of trial and error by simultaneously keeping the momentum of the H-F diatomlow and that of the hydrogen atom high. That produces a system of high translational energy&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732688</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732688"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:50:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy to identify overtone bands arising from molecules in higher vibrational states and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimeter), to measure heat released.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the initial conditions were identified, a range of conditions were explored with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values between 3 and -3 and values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74A and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.3 Angstrom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Trajectory !! Controur &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 ||  reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 13.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 15.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 14.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 16.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 17.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5  || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 18.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 19.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trend that is observed is that in order for the atoms to cross the energy barrier and the reaction to go to completion a certain amount of momentum is needed. This can be in either direction and the reaction goes to completion even if barrier recrossing is observed as is the case in some of the cases presented above. For the same initial position, the momentum were set as pFH = -0.8 pHH = 0.1 respectively. the reaction proceeded to go to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 20.png|400px|thumb|center|Energy surface graph for the conditions mentioned above.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===H+ HF===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732684</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732684"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:49:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* F + H2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy to identify overtone bands arising from molecules in higher vibrational states and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimeter), to measure heat released.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the initial conditions were identified, a range of conditions were explored with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values between 3 and -3 and values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74A and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.3 Angstrom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Trajectory !! Controur &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 ||  reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 13.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 15.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 14.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 16.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 17.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5  || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 18.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 19.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trend that is observed is that in order for the atoms to cross the energy barrier and the reaction to go to completion a certain amount of momentum is needed. This can be in either direction and the reaction goes to completion even if barrier recrossing is observed as is the case in some of the cases presented above. For the same initial position, the momentum were set as pFH = -0.8 pHH = 0.1 respectively. the reaction proceeded to go to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 20.png|400px|thumb|center|Energy surface graph for the conditions mentioned abobe.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732683</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732683"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:48:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy to identify overtone bands arising from molecules in higher vibrational states and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimeter), to measure heat released.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the initial conditions were identified, a range of conditions were explored with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values between 3 and -3 and values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74A and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.3 Angstrom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Trajectory !! Controur &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 ||  reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 13.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 15.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 14.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 16.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 17.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5  || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 18.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3  || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 19.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trend that is observed is that in order for the atoms to cross the energy barrier and the reaction to go to completion a certain amount of momentum is needed. This can be in either direction and the reaction goes to completion even if barrier recrossing is observed as is the case in some of the cases presented above. For the same initial position, the momentum were set as pFH = -0.8 pHH = 0.1 respectively. the reaction proceeded to go to completion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 20.png|400px|thumb|center|Energy surface graph for the conditions mentioned abobe.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_20.png&amp;diff=732679</id>
		<title>File:Nt814 react1 20.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_20.png&amp;diff=732679"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:47:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732630</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732630"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:36:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* F + H2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy to identify overtone bands arising from molecules in higher vibrational states and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimeter), to measure heat released.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the initial conditions were identified, a range of conditions were explored with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values between 3 and -3 and values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74A and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.3 Angstrom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Trajectory !! Controur &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 ||  reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 13.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 15.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 14.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 16.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 17.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5  || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 18.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3  || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 19.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732617</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732617"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:33:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* F + H2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimetre).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the initial conditions were identified, a range of conditions were explored with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values between 3 and -3 and values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74A and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.3 Angstrom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Trajectory !! Controur &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 ||  reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 13.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 15.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 14.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 16.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 17.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5  || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 18.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3  || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 19.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732612</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732612"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:33:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimetre).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the initial conditions were identified, a range of conditions were explored with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values between 3 and -3 and values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74A and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.3 Angstrom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Trajectory !! Controur !! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3 ||  reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 13.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 15.png|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 14.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 16.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.5  || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 17.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 2.5  || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 18.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3  || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 19.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_19.png&amp;diff=732609</id>
		<title>File:Nt814 react1 19.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_19.png&amp;diff=732609"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:32:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_18.png&amp;diff=732607</id>
		<title>File:Nt814 react1 18.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_18.png&amp;diff=732607"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:32:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_17.png&amp;diff=732602</id>
		<title>File:Nt814 react1 17.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_17.png&amp;diff=732602"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:30:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_16.png&amp;diff=732594</id>
		<title>File:Nt814 react1 16.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_16.png&amp;diff=732594"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:30:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_15.png&amp;diff=732584</id>
		<title>File:Nt814 react1 15.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_15.png&amp;diff=732584"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:29:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_14.png&amp;diff=732577</id>
		<title>File:Nt814 react1 14.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_14.png&amp;diff=732577"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:27:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_13.png&amp;diff=732569</id>
		<title>File:Nt814 react1 13.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_13.png&amp;diff=732569"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:25:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732500</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732500"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:19:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimetre).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the initial conditions were identified, a range of conditions were explored with p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; values between 3 and -3 and values of p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-0.5 and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74A and r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.3 Angstrom.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732455</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732455"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:15:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimetre).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732451</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732451"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:15:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimetre).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732438</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732438"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:13:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* F + H2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimetre).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732435</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732435"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:13:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* F + H2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimetre).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732433</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732433"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:13:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimetre).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732432</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732432"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:13:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimetre).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732430</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732430"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:13:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimetre).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732428</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732428"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:12:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* F + H2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimetre).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732426</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732426"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:12:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* F + H2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimetre).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732424</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732424"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:12:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimetre).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732418</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732418"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:12:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* F + H2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimetre).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732415</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732415"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:11:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* F + H2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy is system is conserved as can be seen from the energy vs time plot below. The potential and kinetic energies are mirror images of each other. It can be concluded that total energy of the system remains the same. However, the bigger amplitude by which the product molecule oscillates implies that the heat released (this reaction is exothermic) leads to an increase in the kinetic energy. As a result, the potential energy decreases to accommodate for that change. This can be monitored using methods such as IR spectroscopy and calorimetry (using a bomb calorimetre).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 12.png|400px|thumb|center|Graph showing the change in energy over time.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_12.png&amp;diff=732403</id>
		<title>File:Nt814 react1 12.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_12.png&amp;diff=732403"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:10:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732346</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732346"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T15:01:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* F + H2 */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To identify a reactive trajectory a process of trial and error was employed to identify a set of initial conditions that would produce such a trajectory. These were found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.75A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.991, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=2.40A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3. The trajectory in question can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 react1 11.png|400px|thumb|center|The reactive trajectory.]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_11.png&amp;diff=732330</id>
		<title>File:Nt814 react1 11.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_react1_11.png&amp;diff=732330"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:58:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732305</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732305"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:54:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Reaction Dynamics */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732292</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732292"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:51:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Activation Energy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 27.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732227</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732227"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:43:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Exercise 2: F-H-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get the value for the activation energy, an MEP calculation was set up from a structure neighbouring the transition state. By subtracting the potential energy of the reactants from the potential energy of the transition state to get a reasonable estimate of the value. This was found to be 17.13 Kcal/mol for the endothermic and 0.23 kcal/mol for the exothermic reaction of fluorine with the hydrogen diatom. These deviated from literature values. As mentioned above the MEP method does not provide the most realistic image of the reaction system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732191</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732191"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:36:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Locating the transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.811 and H-H=0.745 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732100</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732100"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:20:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Exercise 2: F-H-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.8112A and H-H=0.7452 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732098</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732098"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:20:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Locating the transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.8112A and H-H=0.7452 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732090</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732090"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:19:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Locating the transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.8112A and H-H=0.7452 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|400px|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732087</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732087"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:19:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Exercise 2: F-H-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen. Through a trial and error process the transition state was found at  H-F=1.8112A and H-H=0.7452 Angstrom distances respectively. this can be seen below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig2.png|thumb|center|Transition state for the reaction|400px]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_fig2.png&amp;diff=732078</id>
		<title>File:Nt814 fig2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Nt814_fig2.png&amp;diff=732078"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:17:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: Nt814 uploaded a new version of File:Nt814 fig2.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732058</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732058"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:15:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Endothermic vs Exothermic */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732056</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732056"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:15:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Exercise 2: F-H-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732011</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732011"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:08:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Exercise 2: F-H-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732009</id>
		<title>MRD:nt814</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:nt814&amp;diff=732009"/>
		<updated>2018-05-25T14:07:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Nt814: /* Endothermic vs Exothermic */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Exercise 1: H+ H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition state vs local minimum==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An investigation of the potential energy surface plot can be used when determining the transition state. Along the reaction coordinate and its orthogonal axis a gradient of 0 would imply either a local minimum or the transition state. The second derivative is required to differentiate between the two; the transition state is represented by a saddle point, meaning that the second derivative is negative along the reaction coordinate and negative along its orthogonal. A positive second derivative along both axes would mean that the point is a local minimum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locating the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given the symmetric nature of the system in question, at the transition state the distances between the three atoms (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) will be equal. As discussed above, the gradient of the potential energy surface at the transition state is zero indicating that the force acting on the system will be zero. It can, therefore, be inferred that all the energy is converted to potential energy, resulting in the momenta being zero. By investigating different different values for the internuclear distances the transition state was found to occur at 0.908 Å.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig1.png|450px|thumb|left|Internuclear distance vs time plot indicating straight lines]] [[File:Nt814 fig2.png|450px|thumb|right|Contour plot showing stationary state]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figures above show the system being in the transition state. In the plot of the internuclear distances vs time the straight lines indicate a constant energy, meaning that the bond is not fluctuating. In the contour plot for the transition state determined, the molecule can be seen as being stationary. This reflects the lack of kinetic energy at the transition state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction dynamics and the minimum energy path==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Calculating the reaction path===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimum energy path is a special trajectory where every point along it is a en energy minimum in every direction perpendicular to it. The minimum energy path calculated for this system does not display the oscillation , something clearly demonstrated in the dynamic calculation as a result, it can be said that the minimum energy path is not a realistic representation as it does not account for the inertial motion of molecules in the gas phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig3.png|400px|thumb|left|Contour plot for the MEP calculation]] [[File:Nt814 fig4.png|400px|thumb|right|Contour plot for the dynamic calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Trajectories from r1 = rts+δ, r2 = rts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The MEP compared to the dynamics in both the internuclear distance and internuclear momentum took much longer to show a completed reaction. For internuclear momentum it took almost ten times longer for the momentum to plateau compared to the dynamic momentum. In the plot of internuclear momentum vs time the momentum of distances changed for MEP compared to dynamics. In dynamics H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum followed by H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; whereas in the MEP H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; had the highest momentum with H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; having the second highest. The MEP is the lowest energy possible reaction path that allows the reaction to run to completion. Its dependency on the transition state allows it be mapped out by following the downhill gradient in both the forward and backward direction from the transition state. As a result, even if it does not represent the most realistic situation, for example by not taking inertial motion of gas molecules, it is useful in characterising a chemical reaction. A summary of the calculations can be seen below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Calculations for MEP and Dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
! MEP !! Dynamic &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPdist.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 1.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:HMEPmoment.png|250px]] || [[File:Nt814 mrd3 2.png|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final momenta and final positions were used to see what would happen when initial and final values were switched. The reverse of the previous reactions occur. The products do not react as they do not go over the transition state. Switching the values produces no change in the values, just lead to the distances being swapped around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Reactive and unreactive trajectories===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reactions go into completion if there is enough energy in the system to overcome the activation barrier, which occurs at the transition point. This assumption was tested using r1 and r2 value of 0.74 and 2.0 respectively, and the values of p1 and p2 were varied according the the values seen in the table below. The total energy of the reaction and whether the reaction trajectory was reactive or not was recorded. In the contour and energy surface plots presented below it can be clearly seen which trajectories are reactive and unreactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1|+table&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;!! Total Energy!! Trajectory !! Controur !! Energy surface &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 1.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 2.png|200px]]  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0 || -100.456|| unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 3.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 4.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5 || -98.956|| reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 5.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 6.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0 ||  -83.956 || unreactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 7.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 8.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2 ||   -83.416 || reactive|| [[File:Nt814 react1 9.png|200px]] || [[File:Nt814 react1 10.png|200px]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Transition state theory===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory is used to explain the reaction rates of elementary chemical reactions. It assumes a special case of chemical equilibrium between reactants and activated transition state complexes, but not between the latter and products. It also assumes that nuclei behave according to laws of classical mechanics and that the system will pass through the lowest energy transition state available to it. This allows for the prediction of the highest reaction rate allowed for the particular system. however, these assumptions do not always prove accurate. As can be seen from the figures above, some reactions go to completion without going through the lowest energy saddle point, progressing at a rate lower than what the transition state theory would permit. This can be attributed to quantum mechanical contributions not accounted for given that, as said above, the theory assumes a classical behavior for atomic nuclei.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F-H-H system=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PES Inspection==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Endothermic vs Exothermic===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; the significant difference in electronegativity between hydrogen and fluorine makes the bond strong, stronger that between two hydrogen atoms. As a result, the formation of the bond between hydrogen and fluorine will be associated with a release in energy, making the reaction exothermic. The high reactivity of both fluorine and the diatomic hydrogen molecule also point to an exothermic reaction. Conversely, the following will be true in the case of H+HF. This is clearly demonstrated in the energy surface plots for the reactions as in the first case the reactants a higher energy than the products with the opposite being true for the second case.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nt814 fig5.png|400px|thumb|left|Surface energy plot for the F+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; exothermic reaction]] [[File:Nt814 fig6.png|400px|thumb|right|Surface energy plot for the H+HF endothermic reaction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Locating the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To locate the transition state Hammond&#039;s postulate was applied. According to that if a reaction is exothermic, the transition state will be an early one and will occur without significant molecular reorganization. AS a result it will resemble the reactants. In an endothermic reaction the opposite will be true and the transition state will resemble the products. In the case of the exothermic reaction of fluorine with hydrogen&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Nt814</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>